1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
29/*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
42#include <linux/types.h>
43
44#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
46#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
53
54/**
55 * DOC: Station handling
56 *
57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61 * to.
62 *
63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64 * capabilities.
65 *
66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68 *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69 *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70 *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71 *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72 *    time mark it authorized.
73 *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74 *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75 *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76 *
77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78 */
79
80/**
81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82 *
83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87 * for various reasons.
88 *
89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95 * for doing that.
96 *
97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100 *
101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102 *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103 *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104 *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105 *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106 *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107 *
108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112 *
113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114 * below.
115 */
116
117/**
118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119 *
120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124 *
125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127 * types there no concurrency is implied.
128 *
129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136 *
137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145 *
146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147 * interfaces that a given device supports.
148 */
149
150/**
151 * DOC: packet coalesce support
152 *
153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156 * and power consumption.
157 *
158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161 * following events occur.
162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166 *
167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168 * rule.
169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172 * Multiple such rules can be created.
173 */
174
175/**
176 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
177 *
178 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
179 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
180 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
181 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
182 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
183 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
184 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
185 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
186 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
187 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
188 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
189 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
190 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
191 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
192 *
193 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
194 * below additional parameters to userspace.
195 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
196 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
197 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
198 *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
199 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
200 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
201 *
202 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
203 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
204 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
205 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
206 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
207 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
208 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
209 */
210
211/**
212 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
213 *
214 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
215 *
216 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
217 *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
218 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
219 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
220 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
221 *	attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
222 *	monitor mode channel),  %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
223 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
224 *	and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
225 *	However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
226 *	instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
227 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
228 *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
229 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
230 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
231 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
232 *
233 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
234 *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
235 *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
236 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
237 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
238 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
239 *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
240 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
241 *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
242 *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
243 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
244 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
245 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
246 *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
247 *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
248 *
249 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
250 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
251 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
252 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
254 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
255 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
256 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
257 *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
258 *
259 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
260 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
261 *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
262 *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
263 *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
264 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
265 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
266 *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
267 *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
268 *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
269 *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
270 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
271 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
272 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
273 *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
274 *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
275 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
277 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
278 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
279 *
280 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
281 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
282 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
283 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
284 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
285 *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
286 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
287 *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
288 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
289 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
290 *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
291 *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
292 *	frame).
293 *
294 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
295 * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
296 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
297 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
298 * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
299 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
300 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
301 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
302 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
303 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
304 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
305 *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
306 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
307 *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
308 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
309 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
310 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
311 *
312 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
313 *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
314 *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
315 *	global regdomain will be returned.
316 *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
317 *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
318 *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
319 *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
320 *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
321 *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
322 *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
323 *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
324 *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
325 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
326 *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
327 *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
328 *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
329 * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
330 * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
331 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
332 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
333 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
334 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
335 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
336 * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
337 * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
338 *
339 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
340 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
341 *
342 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
343 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
344 *
345 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
346 *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
347 *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
348 *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
349 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
350 *	added to all specified management frames generated by
351 *	kernel/firmware/driver.
352 *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
353 *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
354 *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
355 *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
356 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
357 *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
358 *
359 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
360 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
361 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
362 *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
363 *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
364 *	be used.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
366 *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
367 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
368 *	partial scan results may be available
369 *
370 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
371 *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
372 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
373 *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
374 *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
375 *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
376 *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
377 *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
378 *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
379 *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
380 *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
381 *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
382 *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
383 *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
384 *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
385 *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
386 *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
387 *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
388 *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
389 *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
390 *	is supplied.
391 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
392 *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
393 *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
394 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
395 *	results available.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
397 *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
398 *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
399 *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
400 *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
401 *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
402 *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
403 *
404 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
405 *      or noise level
406 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
407 *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
408 *
409 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
410 *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
411 *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
412 *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
413 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
414 *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
415 *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
416 *	ESS.
417 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
418 *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
419 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
420 *	authentication.
421 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
422 *
423 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
424 * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
425 * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
426 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
427 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
428 * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
429 * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
430 * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
431 * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
432 * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
433 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
434 * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
435 * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
436 * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
437 * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
438 * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
439 * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
440 * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
441 * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
442 * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
443 * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
444 * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
445 * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
446 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
447 * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
448 * 	the beacon hint was processed.
449 *
450 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
451 *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
452 *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
453 *	authentication process.
454 *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
455 *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
456 *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
457 *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
458 *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
459 *	to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
460 *	is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
461 *	define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
462 *	to be added to the frame.
463 *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
464 *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
465 *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
466 *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
467 *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
468 *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
469 *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
470 *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
471 *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
472 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
473 *	pending authentication timed out).
474 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
475 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
476 *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
477 *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
478 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
479 *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
480 *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
481 *	included).
482 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
483 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
484 *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
485 *	primitives).
486 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
487 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
488 *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
489 *
490 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
491 *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
492 *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
493 *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
494 *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
495 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
496 *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
497 *
498 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
499 *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
500 *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
501 *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
502 *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
503 *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
504 *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
505 *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
506 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
507 *	determined by the network interface.
508 *
509 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
510 *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
511 *	to the driver.
512 *
513 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
514 *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
515 *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
516 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
517 *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
518 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
519 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
520 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
521 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
522 *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
523 *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
524 *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
525 *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
526 *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
527 *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
528 *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
529 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
530 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
531 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
532 *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
533 *	a different BSS is desired.
534 *	Background scan period can optionally be
535 *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
536 *	if not specified default background scan configuration
537 *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
538 *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
539 *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
540 *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
541 *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
542 *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
543 *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
544 *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
545 *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
546 *	well to remain backwards compatible.
547 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
548 *	sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
549 *	When used as an event, and the driver roamed in a network that requires
550 *	802.1X authentication, %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED should be set
551 *	if the 802.1X authentication was done by the driver or if roaming was
552 *	done using Fast Transition protocol (in which case 802.1X authentication
553 *	is not needed). If %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED is not set, user space
554 *	is responsible for the 802.1X authentication.
555 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
556 *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
557 *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
558 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
559 *
560 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
561 *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
562 *
563 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
564 *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
565 *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
566 *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
567 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
568 *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
569 *	frequency for the operation.
570 *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
571 *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
572 *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
573 *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
574 *	radio).
575 *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
576 *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
577 *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
578 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
579 *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
580 *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
581 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
582 *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
583 *	uniquely identify the request.
584 *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
585 *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
586 *
587 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
588 *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
589 *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
590 *
591 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
592 *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
593 *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
594 *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
595 *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
596 *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
597 *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
598 *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
599 *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
600 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
601 *	backward compatibility
602 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
603 *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
604 *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
605 *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
606 *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
607 *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
608 *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
609 *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
610 *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
611 *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
612 *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
613 *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
614 *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
615 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
616 *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
617 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
618 *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
619 *	is used during CSA period.
620 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
621 *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
622 *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
623 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
624 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
625 *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
626 *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
627 *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
628 *	the frame.
629 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
630 *	backward compatibility.
631 *
632 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
633 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
634 *
635 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
636 *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
637 *	levels.
638 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
639 *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
640 *	reached.
641 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
642 *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
643 *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
644 *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
645 *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
646 *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
647 *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
648 *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
649 *	precedence when they are used.
650 *
651 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
652 *
653 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
654 *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
655 *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
656 *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
657 *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
658 *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
659 *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
660 *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
661 *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
662 *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
663 *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
664 *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
665 *	command, the feature is disabled.
666 *
667 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
668 *	mesh config parameters may be given.
669 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
670 *	network is determined by the network interface.
671 *
672 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
673 *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
674 *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
675 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
676 *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
677 *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
678 *
679 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
680 *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
681 *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
682 *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
683 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
684 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
685 *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
686 *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
687 *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
688 *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
689 *      depending on the authentication result.
690 *
691 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
692 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
693 *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
694 *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
695 *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
696 *	more background information, see
697 *	http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
698 *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
699 *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
700 *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
701 *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
702 *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
703 *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
704 *
705 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
706 *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
707 *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
708 *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
709 *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
710 *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
711 *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
712 *
713 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
714 *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
715 *
716 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
717 *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
718 *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
719 *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
720 *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
721 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
722 *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
723 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
724 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
725 *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
726 *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
727 *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
728 *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
729 *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
730 *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
731 *
732 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
733 *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
734 *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
735 *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
736 *	is received.
737 *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
738 *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
739 *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
740 *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
741 *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
742 *
743 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
744 *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
745 *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
746 *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
747 *
748 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
749 *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
750 *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
751 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
752 *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
753 *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
754 *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
755 *
756 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
757 *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
758 *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
759 *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
760 *
761 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
762 *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
763 *
764 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
765 *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
766 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
767 *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
768 *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
769 *	from the remote AP) is completed;
770 *
771 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
772 *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
773 *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
774 *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
775 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
776 *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
777 *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
778 *	interfaces to change channel as well.
779 *
780 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
781 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
782 *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
783 *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
784 *	public action frame TX.
785 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
786 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
787 *
788 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
789 *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
790 *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
791 *	is used for this.
792 *
793 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
794 *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
795 *
796 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
797 *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
798 *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
799 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
800 *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
801 *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
802 *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
803 *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
804 *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
805 *
806 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
807 *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
808 *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
809 *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
810 *	while operating on this channel.
811 *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
812 *	event.
813 *
814 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
815 *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
816 *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
817 *
818 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
819 *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
820 *
821 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
822 *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
823 *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
824 *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
825 *
826 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
827 *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
828 *	complete.
829 *
830 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
831 *	return back to normal.
832 *
833 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
834 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
835 *
836 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
837 *	the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
838 *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
839 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
840 *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
841 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
842 *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
843 *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
844 *	switch is complete.
845 *
846 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
847 *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
848 *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
849 *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
850 *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
851 *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
852 *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
853 *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
854 *
855 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
856 *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
857 *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
858 *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
859 *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
860 *
861 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
862 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
863 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
864 *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
865 *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
866 *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
867 *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
868 *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
869 *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
870 *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
871 *	fail even if the check was successful.
872 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
873 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
874 *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
875 *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
876 *
877 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
878 *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
879 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
880 *
881 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
882 *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
883 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
884 *	network is determined by the network interface.
885 *
886 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
887 *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
888 *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
889 *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
890 *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
891 *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
892 *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
893 *	AP.
894 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
895 *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
896 *	when this command completes.
897 *
898 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
899 *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
900 *	management.
901 *
902 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
903 *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
904 *	cfg80211_scan_done().
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
907 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been previously
908 *	created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it has been started, the
909 *	NAN interface will create or join a cluster. This command must have a
910 *	valid %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
911 *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL attributes.
912 *	After this command NAN functions can be added.
913 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
914 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
915 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
916 *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
917 *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
918 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
919 *	of the function upon success.
920 *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
921 *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
922 *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
923 *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
924 *	which just terminated.
925 *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
926 *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
927 *	the response to this command.
928 *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
929 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
930 *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
931 *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
932 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
933 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN configuration. NAN
934 *	must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed).
935 *	It must contain at least one of the following attributes:
936 *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL.
937 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
938 *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
939 *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
940 *
941 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
942 *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
943 *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
944 *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
945 *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
946 *
947 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
948 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
949 */
950enum nl80211_commands {
951/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
952	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
953
954	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
955	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
956	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
957	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
958
959	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
960	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
961	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
962	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
963
964	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
965	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
966	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
967	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
968
969	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
970	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
971	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
972	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
973	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
974	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
975
976	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
977	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
978	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
979	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
980
981	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
982	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
983	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
984	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
985
986	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
987
988	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
989	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
990
991	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
992	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
993
994	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
995
996	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
997
998	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
999	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1000	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1001	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1002
1003	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1004
1005	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1006	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1007	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1008	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1009
1010	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1011
1012	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1013
1014	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1015	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1016
1017	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1018
1019	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1020	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1021	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1022
1023	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1024
1025	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1026	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1027
1028	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1029	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1030	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1031
1032	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1033	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1034
1035	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1036
1037	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1038	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1039	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1040	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1041	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1042	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1043
1044	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1045	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1046
1047	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1048	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1049
1050	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1051	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1052
1053	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1054
1055	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1056	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1057
1058	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1059	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1060
1061	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1062
1063	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1064	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1065
1066	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1067	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1068	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1069	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1070
1071	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1072
1073	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1074
1075	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1076	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1077
1078	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1079
1080	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1081
1082	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1083
1084	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1085
1086	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1087
1088	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1089
1090	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1091	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1092
1093	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1094
1095	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1096
1097	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1098
1099	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1100
1101	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1102
1103	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1104	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1105
1106	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1107	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1108
1109	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1110	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1111
1112	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1113
1114	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1115
1116	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1117
1118	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1119	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1120
1121	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1122
1123	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1124	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1125
1126	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1127
1128	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1129	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1130
1131	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1132
1133	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1134
1135	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1136	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1137	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1138	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1139	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1140	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1141
1142	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1143
1144	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1145
1146	/* add new commands above here */
1147
1148	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1149	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1150	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1151};
1152
1153/*
1154 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1155 * here
1156 */
1157#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1158#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1159#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1160#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1161#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1162#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1163#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1164#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1165
1166#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1167
1168/* source-level API compatibility */
1169#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1170#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1171#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1172
1173/**
1174 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1175 *
1176 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1177 *
1178 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1179 *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1180 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1181 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1182 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1183 *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1184 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1185 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1186 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1187 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1188 *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1189 *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1190 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1191 *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1192 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1193 *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1194 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1195 *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1196 *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1197 *		this attribute)
1198 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1199 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1200 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1201 *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1202 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1203 *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1204 *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1205 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1206 *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1207 *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1208 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1209 *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1210 *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1211 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1212 *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1213 *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1214 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1215 *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1216 *
1217 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1218 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1219 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1220 *
1221 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1222 *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1223 *
1224 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1225 *
1226 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1227 *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1228 *	keys
1229 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1230 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1231 *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1232 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1233 *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1234 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1235 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1236 *	default management key
1237 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1238 *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1239 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1240 *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1241 *
1242 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1243 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1244 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1245 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1246 *
1247 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1248 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1249 *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1250 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1251 *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1252 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1253 *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1254 *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1255 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1256 *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1257 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1258 *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1259 *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1260 *
1261 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1262 *	consisting of a nested array.
1263 *
1264 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1265 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1266 *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1268 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1269 * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1270 *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1271 *
1272 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1273 *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1274 *
1275 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1276 * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1277 * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1278 * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1279 * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1280 * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1281 * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1282 * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1283 * 	to a specific alpha2.
1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1285 *	rules.
1286 *
1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1288 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1289 *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1291 *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1292 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1293 *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1294 *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1295 *
1296 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1297 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1298 *
1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1300 *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1301 *	of the interface mode.
1302 *
1303 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1304 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1305 *
1306 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1307 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1308 *
1309 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1310 *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1311 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1312 *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1313 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1314 *	that can be added to a scan request
1315 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1316 *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1317 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1318 *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1319 *
1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1321 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1322 *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1324 *
1325 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1326 * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1327 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1328 * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1329 *
1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1331 *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1332 *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1333 *
1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1335 *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1336 *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1337 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1338 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1339 *	represented as a u32
1340 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1341 *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1342 *
1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1344 *	a u32
1345 *
1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1347 * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1348 * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1349 * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1350 * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1352 * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1353 * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1354 * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1355 * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1356 *
1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1358 *	cipher suites
1359 *
1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1361 *	for other networks on different channels
1362 *
1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1364 *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1365 *
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1367 *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1368 *	this attribute can be used
1369 *	with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
1370 *
1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1372 *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1373 *
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1375 *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1376 *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1377 *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1378 *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1379 *	default in station mode.
1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1381 *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1382 *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1383 *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1384 *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1385 *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1387 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1388 *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1389 *
1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1391 *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1392 *
1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1394 *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1395 *	a local disconnect request.
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1397 *	event (u16)
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1399 *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1400 *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1401 *
1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1403 *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1404 *	(an array of u32).
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1406 *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1407 *	u32).
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1409 *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1410 *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1412 *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1413 *
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1415 *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1417 *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1418 *
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1420 *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1421 *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1422 *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1423 *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1424 *
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1426 *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1428 *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1429 *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1430 *
1431 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1432 *
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1434 *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1435 *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1436 *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1437 *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1438 *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1439 *	completely from scratch.
1440 *
1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1442 *
1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1444 *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1445 *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1446 *
1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1449 *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1450 *
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1453 *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1454 *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1455 *
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1457 *
1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1459 *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1460 *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1461 *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1462 *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1463 *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1464 *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1465 *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1466 *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1467 *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1468 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1469 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1470 *
1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1472 *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1474 *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1476 *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1477 *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1478 *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1480 *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1481 *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1482 *
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1484 *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1485 *
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1487 *
1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1489 *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1490 *
1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1492 *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1493 *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1494 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1495 *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1496 *
1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1498 *	connected to this BSS.
1499 *
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1501 *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1503 *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1504 *      for non-automatic settings.
1505 *
1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1507 *	means support for per-station GTKs.
1508 *
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1510 *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1511 *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1512 *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1513 *
1514 *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1515 *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1516 *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1517 *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1518 *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1519 *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1520 *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1521 *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1522 *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1523 *	support by returning -EINVAL.
1524 *
1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1526 *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1527 *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1528 *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1529 *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1530 *
1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1532 *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1533 *
1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1535 *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1536 *
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1538 *
1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1540 *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1541 *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1542 *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1543 *	nl80211 capability flag.
1544 *
1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1546 *
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1548 *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1549 *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1550 *
1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1552 *	changed once the mesh is active.
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1554 *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1556 *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1557 *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1559 *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1560 *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1561 *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1562 *
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1564 *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1566 *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1567 *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1568 *	triggers.
1569 *
1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1571 *	cycles, in msecs.
1572 *
1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1574 *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1575 *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1576 *	pass-thru filter rules.
1577 *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1578 *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1579 *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1580 *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1581 *	able to ignore them by itself.
1582 *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1583 *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1584 *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1585 *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1586 *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1587 *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1588 *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1589 *	If ommited, no filtering is done.
1590 *
1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1592 *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1593 *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1595 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1596 *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1597 *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1598 *
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1600 *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1601 *
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1603 *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1604 *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1605 *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1606 *
1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1608 *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1609 *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1610 *
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1612 *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1613 *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1614 *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1616 *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1617 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1618 *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1619 *	(Re)Association Request frames.
1620 *
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1622 *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1624 *	as AP.
1625 *
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1627 *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1628 *
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1630 *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1633 *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1634 *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1635 *	applications use this attribute.
1636 *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1637 *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1638 *
1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1640 *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1641 *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1643 *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1645 *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1647 *	as a TDLS peer sta.
1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1649 *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1650 *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1651 *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1652 *
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1654 *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1655 *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1656 *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1657 *
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1659 *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1660 *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1661 *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1662 *
1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1664 *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1666 *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
1667 *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1668 *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1669 *
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1671 *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1672 *	to be filled by the FW.
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT:  Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1674 *      this feature.  Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1676 *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1677 *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1678 *      The values that may be configured are:
1679 *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1680 *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1681 *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1682 *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
1683 *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1684 *
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1686 *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1687 *    to one DFS region.
1688 *
1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1690 *      up to 16 TIDs.
1691 *
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1693 *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1694 *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1695 *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1696 *	capability to timeout the stations.
1697 *
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1699 *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1700 *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1701 *
1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1703 *      or 0 to disable background scan.
1704 *
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1706 *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1707 *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1708 *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1709 *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1710 *
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1712 *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1713 *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1714 *
1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1716 *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1717 *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1718 *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1719 *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1720 *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1721 *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1722 *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1723 *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1724 *	consistent.
1725 *
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1727 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1728 *
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1730 *
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1732 *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1734 *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1735 *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1736 *	no change is made.
1737 *
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1739 *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1740 *
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1742 *	carried in a u32 attribute
1743 *
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1745 *	MAC ACL.
1746 *
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1748 *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1749 *	ACL.
1750 *
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1752 *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1753 *
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1755 *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1756 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1758 *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1759 *
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1761 *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1762 *
1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1764 *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1765 *	and PU-APSD.
1766 *
1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1768 *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1769 *
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1771 *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1772 *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
1773 *
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1775 *
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1777 *	Element
1778 *
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1780 *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1782 *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1783 *
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1785 *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1786 *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1787 *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1788 *
1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1790 *
1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1792 *	until the channel switch event.
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1794 *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1795 *	operation).
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1797 *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1799 *	switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1801 *	switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1802 *
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1804 *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1805 *
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1807 *
1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1809 *      supported operating classes.
1810 *
1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1812 *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1813 *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1814 *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1815 *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1816 *	IBSS network.
1817 *
1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1819 *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1821 *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1822 *
1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1824 *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
1825 *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION; u8 attribute.
1826 *
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1828 *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1831 *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1833 *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
1834 *
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1836 *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1837 *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1838 *
1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1841 *
1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1843 *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1844 *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1845 *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1846 *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1847 *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1848 *
1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1850 *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1852 *	supported number of csa counters.
1853 *
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1855 *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1856 *
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1858 *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1859 *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1860 *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1861 *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1862 *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
1863 *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1864 *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1865 *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1866 *	cleared when the socket is closed.
1867 *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1868 *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, only
1869 *	the netlink socket that created the interface will be allowed to add
1870 *	and remove functions. NAN notifications will be sent in unicast to that
1871 *	socket. Without this attribute, any socket can add functions and the
1872 *	notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN multicast group.
1873 *
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1875 *	the TDLS link initiator.
1876 *
1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1878 *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1879 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1880 *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1881 *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1882 *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1883 *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
1884 *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1885 *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
1886 *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1887 *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1888 *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1889 *
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1891 *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1892 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1893 *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1894 *	setting valid value for coverage class.
1895 *
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1899 *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
1900 *
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1902 *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1903 *
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1905 *
1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1907 *
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1909 *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1910 *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1911 *	cfg80211 regdomain.
1912 *
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1914 *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1915 *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1916 *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1917 *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1918 *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1921 *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1922 *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1923 *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1924 *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1925 *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1926 *	over all channels.
1927 *
1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
1929 *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1930 *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1931 *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
1932
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1934 *      is operating in an indoor environment.
1935 *
1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1937 *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1939 *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1941 *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1943 *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1944 *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1945 *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1946 *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1947 *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1949 *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1950 *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1951 *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1953 *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1954 *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
1955 *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1956 *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
1957 *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
1958 *
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
1960 *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
1961 *
1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
1963 *
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
1965 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
1966 *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
1967 *	interface type.
1968 *
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
1970 *	groupID for monitor mode.
1971 *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
1972 *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
1973 *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
1974 *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
1975 *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
1976 *	each group.
1977 *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
1978 *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
1979 *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
1980 *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
1981 *	groupID data.
1982 *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
1984 *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
1985 *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
1986 *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
1987 *
1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
1989 *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
1990 *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
1991 *	attribute must not be included).
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
1993 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
1995 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
1996 *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
1997 *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
1998 *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2000 *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2001 *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2002 *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2003 *
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2005 *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2006 *
2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2008 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2009 *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2010 *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2011 *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL: NAN dual band operation config (see
2013 *	&enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf). This attribute is used with
2014 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2015 *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG.
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2017 *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2018 *	attribute.
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2020 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2022 *	protection.
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2024 *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2025 *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2026 *
2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2028 *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2029 *
2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2031 *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2032 *
2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2034 *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2035 *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2036 *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2037 *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2038 *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2039 *	unnecessary wakeups.
2040 *
2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2042 *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2043 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2044 *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2045 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2046 *
2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2048 *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2049 *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2050 *
2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2052 *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2053 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2054 *
2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2056 *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2057 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2058 *
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2060 *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2061 *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2062 *
2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2064 *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2065 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2066 *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2067 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2068 *
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2070 *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2071 *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2072 *
2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: PMK for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2074 *	This is used with @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: flag attribute used in %NL80211_CMD_ROAMED
2076 *	notification indicating that that 802.1X authentication was done by
2077 *	the driver or is not needed (because roaming used the Fast Transition
2078 *	protocol).
2079 *
2080 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2082 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2083 */
2084enum nl80211_attrs {
2085/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2086	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2087
2088	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2089	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2090
2091	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2092	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2093	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2094
2095	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2096
2097	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2098	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2099	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2100	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2101	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2102
2103	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2104	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2105	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2106	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2107
2108	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2109	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2110	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2111	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2112	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2113	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2114
2115	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2116
2117	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2118
2119	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2120	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2121	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2122	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2123
2124	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2125	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2126	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2127
2128	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2129
2130	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2131
2132	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2133	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2134
2135	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2136
2137	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2138
2139	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2140	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2141	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2142
2143	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2144
2145	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2146	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2147
2148	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2149
2150	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2151	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2152	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2153	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2154
2155	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2156	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2157
2158	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2159
2160	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2161	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2162	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2163	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2164
2165	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2166
2167	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2168	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2169
2170	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2171	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2172
2173	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2174
2175
2176	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2177	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2178	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2179	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2180
2181	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2182
2183	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2184
2185	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2186
2187	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2188
2189	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2190
2191	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2192
2193	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2194	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2195
2196	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2197	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2198	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2199	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2200
2201	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2202	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2203
2204	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2205
2206	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2207	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2208
2209	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2210
2211	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2212
2213	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2214
2215	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2216	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2217
2218	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2219
2220	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2221
2222	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2223
2224	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2225
2226	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2227
2228	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2229
2230	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2231
2232	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2233
2234	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2235
2236	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2237
2238	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2239	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2240
2241	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2242	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2243	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2244
2245	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2246	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2247
2248	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2249
2250	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2251	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2252
2253	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2254
2255	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2256
2257	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2258
2259	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2260
2261	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2262
2263	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2264
2265	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2266	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2267
2268	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2269	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2270
2271	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2272	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2273
2274	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2275
2276	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2277	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2278
2279	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2280
2281	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2282	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2283
2284	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2285
2286	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2287
2288	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2289	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2290
2291	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2292	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2293
2294	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2295
2296	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2297	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2298
2299	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2300
2301	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2302
2303	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2304	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2305	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2306	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2307	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2308
2309	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2310
2311	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2312
2313	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2314
2315	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2316
2317	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2318
2319	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2320
2321	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2322	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2323
2324	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2325
2326	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2327
2328	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2329
2330	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2331
2332	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2333
2334	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2335
2336	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2337
2338	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2339
2340	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2341
2342	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2343
2344	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2345	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2346	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2347
2348	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2349	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2350
2351	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2352
2353	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2354
2355	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2356
2357	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2358
2359	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2360
2361	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2362	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2363
2364	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2365	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2366
2367	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2368	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2369
2370	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2371	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2372
2373	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2374	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2375
2376	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2377	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2378
2379	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2380
2381	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2382
2383	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2384	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2385	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2386	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2387	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2388
2389	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2390
2391	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2392
2393	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2394
2395	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2396
2397	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2398	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2399
2400	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2401
2402	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2403	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2404	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2405	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2406
2407	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2408
2409	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2410	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2411
2412	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2413
2414	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2415
2416	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2417
2418	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2419	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2420
2421	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2422
2423	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2424
2425	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2426
2427	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2428	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2429	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2430
2431	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2432
2433	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2434
2435	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2436
2437	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2438
2439	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2440
2441	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2442
2443	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2444
2445	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2446
2447	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2448
2449	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2450	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2451	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2452	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2453
2454	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2455
2456	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2457
2458	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2459
2460	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2461
2462	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2463
2464	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2465	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2466
2467	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2468	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2469	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2470	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2471
2472	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2473
2474	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2475	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL,
2476	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2477	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2478
2479	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2480	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2481
2482	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2483
2484	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2485
2486	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2487	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2488
2489	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2490
2491	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2492	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2493	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2494	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2495	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2496
2497	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2498
2499	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2500	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2501
2502	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2503	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2504	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2505
2506	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2507
2508	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2509	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2510	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2511};
2512
2513/* source-level API compatibility */
2514#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2515#define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2516#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2517#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2518
2519/*
2520 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2521 * here
2522 */
2523#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2524#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2525#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2526#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2527#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2528#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2529#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2530#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2531#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2532#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2533#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2534#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2535#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2536#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2537#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2538#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2539#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2540#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2541#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2542#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2543#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2544
2545#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
2546#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
2547#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		64
2548#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
2549#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
2550#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
2551#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
2552#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
2553
2554#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
2555#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
2556
2557#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
2558
2559/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2560#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
2561
2562#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
2563
2564/**
2565 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2566 *
2567 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2568 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2569 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2570 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2571 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2572 *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2573 *	AP type interface.
2574 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2575 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2576 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2577 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2578 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2579 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2580 *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2581 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2582 *	commands to create and destroy one
2583 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2584 *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2585 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2586 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2587 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2588 *
2589 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2590 * to set the type of an interface.
2591 *
2592 */
2593enum nl80211_iftype {
2594	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2595	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2596	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2597	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2598	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2599	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2600	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2601	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2602	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2603	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2604	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2605	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2606	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2607
2608	/* keep last */
2609	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2610	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2611};
2612
2613/**
2614 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2615 *
2616 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2617 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2618 *
2619 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2620 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2621 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2622 *	with short barker preamble
2623 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2624 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2625 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2626 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2627 *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2628 *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2629 *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2630 *	as errors.)
2631 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2632 *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2633 *	previously added station into associated state
2634 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2635 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2636 */
2637enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2638	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2639	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2640	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2641	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2642	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2643	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2644	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2645	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2646
2647	/* keep last */
2648	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2649	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2650};
2651
2652/**
2653 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2654 *
2655 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2656 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2657 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2658 */
2659enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2660	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2661	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2662
2663	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2664};
2665
2666#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2667
2668/**
2669 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2670 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2671 * @set: which values to set them to
2672 *
2673 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2674 */
2675struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2676	__u32 mask;
2677	__u32 set;
2678} __attribute__((packed));
2679
2680/**
2681 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2682 *
2683 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2684 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2685 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2686 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2687 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2688 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2689 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2690 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2691 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2692 *
2693 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2694 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2695 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2696 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2697 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2698 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2699 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2700 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2701 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2702 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2703 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2704 *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2705 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2706 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2707 *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2708 *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
2709 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2710 *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2711 *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2712 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2713 */
2714enum nl80211_rate_info {
2715	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2716	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2717	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2718	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2719	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2720	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2721	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2722	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2723	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2724	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2725	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2726	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2727	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2728
2729	/* keep last */
2730	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2731	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2732};
2733
2734/**
2735 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2736 *
2737 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2738 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2739 *
2740 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2741 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2742 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
2743 *	(flag)
2744 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
2745 *	(flag)
2746 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2747 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2748 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2749 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2750 */
2751enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2752	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2753	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2754	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2755	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2756	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2757	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2758
2759	/* keep last */
2760	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2761	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2762};
2763
2764/**
2765 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2766 *
2767 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2768 * when getting information about a station.
2769 *
2770 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2771 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2772 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2773 *	(u32, from this station)
2774 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2775 *	(u32, to this station)
2776 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2777 *	(u64, from this station)
2778 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2779 *	(u64, to this station)
2780 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2781 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2782 * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
2783 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2784 *	(u32, from this station)
2785 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2786 *	(u32, to this station)
2787 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2788 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2789 *	(u32, to this station)
2790 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2791 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2792 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2793 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2794 *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2795 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2796 *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2797 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2798 *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2799 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2800 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2801 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2802 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2803 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2804 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2805 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2806 *	non-peer STA
2807 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2808 *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2809 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2810 *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
2811 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2812 *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
2813 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2814 *	(u64)
2815 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2816 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2817 *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2818 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2819 *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2820 *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2821 *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2822 *	attributes carrying the actual values.
2823 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2824 *	received from the station (u64, usec)
2825 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2826 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2827 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2828 */
2829enum nl80211_sta_info {
2830	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2831	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2832	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2833	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2834	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2835	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2836	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2837	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2838	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2839	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2840	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2841	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2842	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2843	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
2844	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2845	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2846	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2847	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
2848	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
2849	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
2850	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2851	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2852	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2853	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2854	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
2855	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2856	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
2857	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
2858	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2859	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2860	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2861	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
2862	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2863	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
2864
2865	/* keep last */
2866	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2867	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2868};
2869
2870/**
2871 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2872 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2873 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2874 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2875 *	attempted to transmit; u64)
2876 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2877 *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2878 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2879 *	MSDUs (u64)
2880 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2881 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2882 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2883 */
2884enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2885	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2886	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2887	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2888	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2889	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
2890	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
2891
2892	/* keep last */
2893	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2894	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2895};
2896
2897/**
2898 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2899 *
2900 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2901 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2902 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2903 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2904 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2905 */
2906enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2907	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
2908	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
2909	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
2910	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
2911	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
2912};
2913
2914/**
2915 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2916 *
2917 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2918 * information about a mesh path.
2919 *
2920 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2921 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2922 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2923 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2924 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2925 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2926 * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2927 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2928 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2929 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2930 *	currently defind
2931 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2932 */
2933enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2934	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2935	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2936	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2937	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2938	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2939	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2940	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2941	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2942
2943	/* keep last */
2944	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2945	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2946};
2947
2948/**
2949 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2950 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2951 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2952 *	an array of nested frequency attributes
2953 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2954 *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
2955 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2956 *	defined in 802.11n
2957 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2958 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2959 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
2960 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2961 *	defined in 802.11ac
2962 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2963 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2964 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2965 */
2966enum nl80211_band_attr {
2967	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2968	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2969	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2970
2971	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2972	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2973	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2974	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2975
2976	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2977	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2978
2979	/* keep last */
2980	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2981	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2982};
2983
2984#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2985
2986/**
2987 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
2988 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2989 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2990 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2991 *	regulatory domain.
2992 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
2993 * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
2994 * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
2995 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
2996 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2997 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
2998 *	(100 * dBm).
2999 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3000 *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3001 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3002 *	this channel is in this DFS state.
3003 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3004 *	channel as the control channel
3005 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3006 *	channel as the control channel
3007 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3008 *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3009 *	this includes 80+80 channels
3010 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3011 *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3012 *	isn't possible
3013 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3014 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3015 *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3016 *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3017 *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3018 *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3019 *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3020 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3021 *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3022 *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3023 *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3024 *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3025 *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3026 *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3027 *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3028 *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3029 *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3030 *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3031 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3032 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3033 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3034 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3035 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3036 *	currently defined
3037 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3038 *
3039 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3040 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3041 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3042 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3043 */
3044enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3045	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3046	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3047	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3048	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3049	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3050	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3051	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3052	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3053	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3054	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3055	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3056	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3057	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3058	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3059	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3060	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3061	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3062	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3063
3064	/* keep last */
3065	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3066	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3067};
3068
3069#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3070#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3071#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3072#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3073#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3074					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3075
3076/**
3077 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3078 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3079 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3080 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3081 *	in 2.4 GHz band.
3082 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3083 *	currently defined
3084 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3085 */
3086enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3087	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3088	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3089	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3090
3091	/* keep last */
3092	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3093	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3094};
3095
3096/**
3097 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3098 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3099 * 	regulatory domain.
3100 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3101 * 	regulatory domain.
3102 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3103 * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3104 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3105 * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3106 * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3107 *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3108 *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3109 *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3110 *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3111 */
3112enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3113	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3114	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3115	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3116	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3117};
3118
3119/**
3120 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3121 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3122 *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3123 *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3124 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3125 * 	domain.
3126 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3127 * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3128 * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3129 * 	them to be applied.
3130 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3131 *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3132 *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3133 *	domain request to be processed.
3134 */
3135enum nl80211_reg_type {
3136	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3137	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3138	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3139	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3140};
3141
3142/**
3143 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3144 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3145 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3146 * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3147 * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3148 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3149 * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3150 * 	band edge.
3151 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3152 * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3153 * 	band edge.
3154 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3155 *	frequency range, in KHz.
3156 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3157 * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3158 * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
3159 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3160 * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3161 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3162 *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3163 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3164 *	currently defined
3165 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3166 */
3167enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3168	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3169	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3170
3171	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3172	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3173	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3174
3175	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3176	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3177
3178	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3179
3180	/* keep last */
3181	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3182	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3183};
3184
3185/**
3186 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3187 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3188 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3189 *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
3190 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3191 *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3192 *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3193 *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3194 *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3195 *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3196 *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3197 *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3198 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3199 *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3200 *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
3201 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3202 *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3203 *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3204 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3205 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3206 *	attribute number currently defined
3207 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3208 */
3209enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3210	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3211
3212	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3213	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3214	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3215	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3216
3217	/* keep last */
3218	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3219	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3220		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3221};
3222
3223/* only for backward compatibility */
3224#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3225
3226/**
3227 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3228 *
3229 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3230 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3231 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3232 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3233 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3234 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3235 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3236 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3237 * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3238 * 	beaconing.
3239 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3240 *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3241 *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3242 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3243 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3244 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3245 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3246 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3247 */
3248enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3249	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
3250	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
3251	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
3252	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
3253	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
3254	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
3255	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
3256	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
3257	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
3258	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
3259	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
3260	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
3261	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
3262	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
3263	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
3264};
3265
3266#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3267#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3268#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3269#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3270					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3271#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3272
3273/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3274#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3275
3276/**
3277 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3278 *
3279 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3280 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3281 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3282 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3283 */
3284enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3285	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
3286	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
3287	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
3288	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
3289};
3290
3291/**
3292 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3293 *
3294 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3295 *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
3296 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3297 *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3298 *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3299 *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3300 *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3301 *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3302 *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
3303 *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3304 *	supported feature.
3305 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3306 *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3307 */
3308enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3309	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
3310	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3311	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
3312};
3313
3314/**
3315 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3316 *
3317 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3318 * when getting information about a survey.
3319 *
3320 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3321 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3322 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3323 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3324 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3325 *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
3326 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3327 *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3328 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3329 *	channel was sensed busy
3330 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3331 *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
3332 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3333 *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3334 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3335 *	(on this channel or globally)
3336 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3337 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3338 *	currently defined
3339 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3340 */
3341enum nl80211_survey_info {
3342	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3343	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3344	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3345	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3346	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3347	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3348	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3349	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3350	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3351	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3352	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3353
3354	/* keep last */
3355	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3356	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3357};
3358
3359/* keep old names for compatibility */
3360#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3361#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3362#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3363#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3364#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3365
3366/**
3367 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3368 *
3369 * Monitor configuration flags.
3370 *
3371 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3372 *
3373 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3374 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3375 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3376 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3377 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3378 *	overrides all other flags.
3379 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3380 *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3381 *
3382 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3383 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3384 */
3385enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3386	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3387	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3388	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3389	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3390	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3391	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3392	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3393
3394	/* keep last */
3395	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3396	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3397};
3398
3399/**
3400 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3401 *
3402 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3403 *	not known or has not been set yet.
3404 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3405 *	in Awake state all the time.
3406 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3407 *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3408 *	neighbor's beacons.
3409 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3410 *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3411 *	for neighbor's beacons.
3412 *
3413 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3414 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3415 */
3416
3417enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3418	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3419	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3420	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3421	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3422
3423	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3424	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3425};
3426
3427/**
3428 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3429 *
3430 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3431 * active.
3432 *
3433 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3434 *
3435 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3436 *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3437 *
3438 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3439 *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3440 *
3441 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3442 *	millisecond units
3443 *
3444 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3445 *	on this mesh interface
3446 *
3447 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3448 *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3449 *	mesh
3450 *
3451 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3452 *	point.
3453 *
3454 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3455 *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3456 *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3457 *	set.
3458 *
3459 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3460 *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3461 *	target)
3462 *
3463 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3464 *	(in milliseconds)
3465 *
3466 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3467 *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3468 *
3469 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3470 *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3471 *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3472 *
3473 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3474 *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3475 *	reference element
3476 *
3477 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3478 *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3479 *	mesh
3480 *
3481 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3482 *
3483 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3484 *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
3485 *
3486 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
3487 *	root announcements are transmitted.
3488 *
3489 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3490 *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
3491 *	Announcement frames.
3492 *
3493 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3494 *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3495 *	PERR element.
3496 *
3497 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3498 *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3499 *
3500 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3501 *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3502 *	a peer link.
3503 *
3504 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3505 *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3506 *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
3507 *
3508 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3509 *
3510 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3511 *
3512 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3513 *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3514 *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3515 *
3516 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3517 *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3518 *
3519 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3520 *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3521 *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3522 *
3523 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3524 *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3525 *
3526 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3527 *
3528 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3529 *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3530 *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3531 *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3532 *
3533 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3534 */
3535enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3536	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3537	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3538	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3539	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3540	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3541	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3542	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3543	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3544	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3545	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3546	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3547	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3548	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3549	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3550	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3551	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3552	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3553	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3554	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3555	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3556	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3557	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3558	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3559	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3560	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3561	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3562	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3563	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3564	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3565
3566	/* keep last */
3567	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3568	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3569};
3570
3571/**
3572 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3573 *
3574 * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3575 * changed while the mesh is active.
3576 *
3577 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3578 *
3579 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3580 *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3581 *	default HWMP.
3582 *
3583 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3584 *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3585 *	metric.
3586 *
3587 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3588 *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3589 *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3590 *	metrics in use.
3591 *
3592 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3593 *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3594 *
3595 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3596 *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
3597 *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3598 *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3599 *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3600 *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3601 *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3602 *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3603 *	userspace daemon.
3604 *
3605 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3606 *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3607 *	neighbor offset synchronization
3608 *
3609 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3610 *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3611 *
3612 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3613 *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3614 *	Default is no authentication method required.
3615 *
3616 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3617 *
3618 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3619 */
3620enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3621	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3622	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3623	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3624	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3625	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3626	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3627	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3628	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3629	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3630
3631	/* keep last */
3632	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3633	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3634};
3635
3636/**
3637 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3638 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3639 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3640 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3641 *	disabled
3642 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3643 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3644 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3645 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3646 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3647 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3648 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3649 */
3650enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3651	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3652	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3653	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3654	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3655	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3656	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3657
3658	/* keep last */
3659	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3660	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3661};
3662
3663enum nl80211_ac {
3664	NL80211_AC_VO,
3665	NL80211_AC_VI,
3666	NL80211_AC_BE,
3667	NL80211_AC_BK,
3668	NL80211_NUM_ACS
3669};
3670
3671/* backward compat */
3672#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3673#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
3674#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
3675#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
3676#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
3677
3678/**
3679 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3680 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3681 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3682 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3683 *	below the control channel
3684 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3685 *	above the control channel
3686 */
3687enum nl80211_channel_type {
3688	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3689	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3690	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3691	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3692};
3693
3694/**
3695 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3696 *
3697 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3698 * attribute.
3699 *
3700 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3701 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3702 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3703 *	attribute must be provided as well
3704 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3705 *	attribute must be provided as well
3706 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3707 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3708 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3709 *	attribute must be provided as well
3710 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3711 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
3712 */
3713enum nl80211_chan_width {
3714	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3715	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3716	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3717	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3718	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3719	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
3720	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3721	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3722};
3723
3724/**
3725 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3726 *
3727 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3728 *
3729 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3730 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3731 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3732 */
3733enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3734	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3735	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3736	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3737};
3738
3739/**
3740 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3741 *
3742 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3743 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3744 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3745 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
3746 *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3747 *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3748 *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
3749 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3750 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3751 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3752 *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
3753 *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3754 *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3755 *	they are from a Beacon frame.
3756 *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3757 *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
3758 *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3759 *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
3760 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3761 *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3762 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3763 *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3764 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3765 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3766 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3767 *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3768 *	yet been received
3769 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3770 *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
3771 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3772 *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3773 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3774 *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
3775 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3776 *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3777 *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
3778 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3779 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3780 *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3781 *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3782 *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3783 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3784 *	is set.
3785 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
3786 *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
3787 *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
3788 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3789 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3790 */
3791enum nl80211_bss {
3792	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3793	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3794	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3795	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3796	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3797	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3798	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3799	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3800	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3801	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3802	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3803	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
3804	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
3805	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3806	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
3807	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
3808	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
3809	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3810	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
3811	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3812
3813	/* keep last */
3814	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3815	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3816};
3817
3818/**
3819 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3820 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
3821 *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3822 *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3823 *	a given BSS.
3824 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3825 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3826 *
3827 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3828 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3829 */
3830enum nl80211_bss_status {
3831	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3832	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3833	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3834};
3835
3836/**
3837 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3838 *
3839 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3840 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3841 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3842 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
3843 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
3844 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3845 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3846 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
3847 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3848 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3849 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3850 *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3851 *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3852 */
3853enum nl80211_auth_type {
3854	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3855	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3856	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3857	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
3858	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
3859	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3860	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3861	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
3862
3863	/* keep last */
3864	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3865	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3866	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3867};
3868
3869/**
3870 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3871 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3872 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3873 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3874 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3875 */
3876enum nl80211_key_type {
3877	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3878	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3879	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3880
3881	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3882};
3883
3884/**
3885 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3886 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3887 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3888 */
3889enum nl80211_mfp {
3890	NL80211_MFP_NO,
3891	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3892};
3893
3894enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3895	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3896	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3897};
3898
3899/**
3900 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3901 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3902 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3903 *	unicast key
3904 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3905 *	multicast key
3906 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3907 */
3908enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3909	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3910	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3911	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3912
3913	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3914};
3915
3916/**
3917 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3918 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3919 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3920 *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3921 *	keys
3922 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3923 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3924 *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3925 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3926 *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3927 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3928 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3929 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3930 *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3931 *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3932 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3933 *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3934 *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3935 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3936 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3937 */
3938enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3939	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3940	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3941	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3942	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3943	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3944	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3945	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3946	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
3947	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3948
3949	/* keep last */
3950	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3951	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3952};
3953
3954/**
3955 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3956 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3957 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3958 *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3959 *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3960 *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
3961 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3962 *	in an array of MCS numbers.
3963 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3964 *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
3965 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
3966 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3967 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3968 */
3969enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3970	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3971	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
3972	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3973	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
3974	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
3975
3976	/* keep last */
3977	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3978	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3979};
3980
3981#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3982#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
3983
3984/**
3985 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3986 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3987 */
3988struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3989	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3990};
3991
3992enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
3993	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
3994	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
3995	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
3996};
3997
3998/**
3999 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4000 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4001 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4002 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
4003 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4004 *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4005 */
4006enum nl80211_band {
4007	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4008	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4009	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4010
4011	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4012};
4013
4014/**
4015 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4016 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4017 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4018 */
4019enum nl80211_ps_state {
4020	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4021	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4022};
4023
4024/**
4025 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4026 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4027 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4028 *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4029 *	to disable.
4030 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4031 *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4032 *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4033 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4034 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4035 *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4036 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4037 *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4038 *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4039 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4040 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4041 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4042 *	checked.
4043 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4044 *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4045 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4046 *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4047 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4048 *	loss event
4049 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4050 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4051 */
4052enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4053	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4054	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4055	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4056	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4057	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4058	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4059	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4060	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4061	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4062
4063	/* keep last */
4064	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4065	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4066};
4067
4068/**
4069 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4070 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4071 *      configured threshold
4072 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4073 *      configured threshold
4074 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4075 */
4076enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4077	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4078	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4079	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4080};
4081
4082
4083/**
4084 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4085 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4086 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4087 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4088 */
4089enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4090	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4091	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4092	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4093};
4094
4095/**
4096 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4097 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4098 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4099 *	a zero bit are ignored
4100 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4101 *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4102 *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4103 *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4104 *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4105 *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4106 *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4107 *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4108 *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4109 *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4110 *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4111 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4112 *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4113 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4114 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4115 */
4116enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4117	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4118	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4119	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4120	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4121
4122	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4123	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4124};
4125
4126/**
4127 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4128 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4129 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4130 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4131 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4132 *
4133 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4134 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4135 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4136 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4137 * by the kernel to userspace.
4138 */
4139struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4140	__u32 max_patterns;
4141	__u32 min_pattern_len;
4142	__u32 max_pattern_len;
4143	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
4144} __attribute__((packed));
4145
4146/* only for backward compatibility */
4147#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4148#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4149#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4150#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4151#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4152#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4153#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4154
4155/**
4156 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4157 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4158 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4159 *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4160 *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
4161 *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4162 *	any others are even supported by the device.
4163 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4164 *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4165 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4166 *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4167 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4168 *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4169 *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4170 *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4171 *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4172 *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4173 *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4174 *
4175 *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4176 *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4177 *
4178 *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4179 *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4180 *	to the kernel when configuring.
4181 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4182 *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4183 *	by the device (flag)
4184 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4185 *	done by the device) (flag)
4186 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4187 *	packet (flag)
4188 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4189 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4190 *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4191 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4192 *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4193 *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4194 *	attribute contains the original length.
4195 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4196 *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4197 *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4198 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4199 *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4200 *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4201 *	contains the original length.
4202 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4203 *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4204 *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4205 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4206 *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4207 *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4208 *	the TCP connection.
4209 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4210 *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4211 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4212 *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4213 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4214 *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4215 *	service
4216 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4217 *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
4218 *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
4219 *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4220 *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4221 *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
4222 *	attribute is also sent in a response to
4223 *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4224 *	supported by the driver (u32).
4225 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4226 *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
4227 *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
4228 *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
4229 *	element is present, it means that more than one match
4230 *	occurred.
4231 *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4232 *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4233 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
4234 *	these attributes must be present.  If
4235 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4236 *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4237 *	channel.
4238 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4239 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4240 *
4241 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4242 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4243 */
4244enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4245	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4246	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4247	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4248	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4249	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4250	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4251	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4252	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4253	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4254	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4255	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4256	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4257	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4258	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4259	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4260	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4261	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4262	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4263	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4264	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4265
4266	/* keep last */
4267	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4268	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4269};
4270
4271/**
4272 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4273 *
4274 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4275 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4276 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4277 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4278 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4279 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4280 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4281 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4282 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4283 *
4284 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4285 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4286 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4287 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4288 * also woken up.
4289 *
4290 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4291 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4292 */
4293
4294/**
4295 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4296 * @start: starting value
4297 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4298 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4299 *
4300 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4301 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4302 * in little endian.
4303 */
4304struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4305	__u32 start, offset, len;
4306};
4307
4308/**
4309 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4310 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4311 * @len: length of each token
4312 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4313 *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4314 */
4315struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4316	__u32 offset, len;
4317	__u8 token_stream[];
4318};
4319
4320/**
4321 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4322 * @min_len: minimum token length
4323 * @max_len: maximum token length
4324 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4325 */
4326struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4327	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4328};
4329
4330/**
4331 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4332 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4333 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4334 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4335 *	(in network byte order)
4336 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4337 *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4338 *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4339 *	might require ARP querying.
4340 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4341 *	socket and port will be allocated
4342 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4343 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4344 *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4345 *	of the data payload.
4346 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4347 *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4348 *	advertising it is just a flag
4349 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4350 *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4351 *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4352 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4353 *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
4354 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4355 *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4356 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4357 *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4358 *	but on the TCP payload only.
4359 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4360 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4361 */
4362enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4363	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4364	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4365	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4366	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4367	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4368	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4369	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4370	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4371	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4372	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4373	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4374	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4375
4376	/* keep last */
4377	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4378	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4379};
4380
4381/**
4382 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4383 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4384 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4385 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4386 *
4387 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4388 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4389 */
4390struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4391	__u32 max_rules;
4392	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4393	__u32 max_delay;
4394} __attribute__((packed));
4395
4396/**
4397 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4398 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4399 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4400 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4401 *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4402 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4403 *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4404 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4405 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4406 */
4407enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4408	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4409	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4410	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4411	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4412
4413	/* keep last */
4414	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4415	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4416};
4417
4418/**
4419 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4420 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4421 *	in a rule are matched.
4422 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4423 *	in a rule are not matched.
4424 */
4425enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4426	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4427	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4428};
4429
4430/**
4431 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4432 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4433 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4434 *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4435 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4436 *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4437 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4438 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4439 */
4440enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4441	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4442	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4443	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4444
4445	/* keep last */
4446	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4447	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4448};
4449
4450/**
4451 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4452 *
4453 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4454 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4455 *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4456 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4457 *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4458 *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4459 *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4460 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4461 *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4462 *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4463 *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4464 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4465 *	different channels may be used within this group.
4466 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4467 *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4468 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4469 *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4470 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4471 *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4472 *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4473 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4474 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4475 *
4476 * Examples:
4477 *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4478 *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4479 *
4480 *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4481 *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4482 *
4483 *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4484 *	=> allows two STAs on different channels
4485 *
4486 *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4487 *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4488 *
4489 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4490 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4491 * that any of these groups must match.
4492 *
4493 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4494 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4495 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4496 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4497 *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4498 */
4499enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4500	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4501	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4502	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4503	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4504	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4505	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4506	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4507	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4508
4509	/* keep last */
4510	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4511	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4512};
4513
4514
4515/**
4516 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4517 *
4518 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4519 *	state of non existant mesh peer links
4520 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4521 *	this mesh peer
4522 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4523 *	from this mesh peer
4524 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4525 *	received from this mesh peer
4526 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4527 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4528 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4529 *	plink are discarded
4530 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4531 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4532 */
4533enum nl80211_plink_state {
4534	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4535	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4536	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4537	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4538	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4539	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4540	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4541
4542	/* keep last */
4543	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4544	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4545};
4546
4547/**
4548 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4549 *
4550 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4551 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4552 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4553 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4554 */
4555enum plink_actions {
4556	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4557	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4558	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4559
4560	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4561};
4562
4563
4564#define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
4565#define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
4566#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
4567
4568/**
4569 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4570 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4571 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4572 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4573 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4574 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4575 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4576 */
4577enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4578	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4579	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4580	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4581	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4582
4583	/* keep last */
4584	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4585	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4586};
4587
4588/**
4589 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4590 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4591 *	Beacon frames)
4592 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4593 *	in Beacon frames
4594 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4595 *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4596 */
4597enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4598	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4599	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4600	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4601};
4602
4603/**
4604 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4605 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4606 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4607 *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4608 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4609 *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4610 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4611 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4612 */
4613enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4614	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4615	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4616	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4617
4618	/* keep last */
4619	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4620	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4621};
4622
4623/**
4624 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4625 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4626 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4627 *	priority)
4628 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4629 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4630 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4631 *	(internal)
4632 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4633 *	(internal)
4634 */
4635enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4636	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4637	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4638	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4639	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4640
4641	/* keep last */
4642	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4643	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4644};
4645
4646/**
4647 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4648 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4649 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4650 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4651 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4652 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4653 */
4654enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4655	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4656	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4657	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4658	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4659	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4660};
4661
4662/*
4663 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4664 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4665 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4666enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4667};
4668 */
4669
4670/**
4671 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4672 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4673 *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4674 *	socket option.
4675 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4676 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4677 *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4678 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4679 *	to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4680 *	cellular base stations.
4681 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4682 *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
4683 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4684 *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4685 *	mode
4686 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4687 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4688 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4689 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4690 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4691 *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4692 *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4693 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4694 *	setting
4695 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4696 *	powersave
4697 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4698 *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4699 *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4700 *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4701 *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4702 *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4703 *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4704 *	states using station flags.
4705 *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4706 *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4707 *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4708 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4709 *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4710 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4711 *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4712 *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4713 *	still generated by the driver.
4714 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4715 *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4716 *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4717 *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
4718 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4719 *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4720 *	lifetime of a BSS.
4721 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4722 *	Set IE to probe requests.
4723 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4724 *	to probe requests.
4725 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4726 *	requests sent to it by an AP.
4727 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4728 *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4729 *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4730 *	Measurement Report action frame.
4731 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4732 *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4733 *	to enable dynack.
4734 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4735 *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4736 *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4737 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4738 *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4739 *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4740 *	rts/cts handshake.
4741 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4742 *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4743 *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4744 *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4745 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4746 *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4747 *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4748 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4749 *	operating as a TDLS peer.
4750 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4751 *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4752 *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4753 *	address mask/value will be used.
4754 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4755 *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4756 *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4757 *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4758 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4759 *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4760 *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4761 *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4762 */
4763enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4764	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
4765	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
4766	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
4767	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
4768	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
4769	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
4770	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
4771	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
4772	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
4773	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
4774	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
4775	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
4776	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
4777	/* bit 13 is reserved */
4778	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
4779	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
4780	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
4781	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
4782	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
4783	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
4784	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
4785	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
4786	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
4787	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
4788	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
4789	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
4790	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
4791	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
4792	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
4793	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
4794	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
4795	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 31,
4796};
4797
4798/**
4799 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4800 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
4801 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4802 *	can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4803 *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4804 *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4805 *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
4806 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4807 *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4808 *	certain groups which can be configured by the
4809 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4810 *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4811 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4812 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4813 *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4814 *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4815 *	(if available).
4816 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4817 *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4818 *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4819 *	(if available).
4820 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4821 *	channel dwell time.
4822 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4823 *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4824 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4825 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4826 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4827 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4828 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4829 *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
4830 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
4831 *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
4832 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
4833 *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4834 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
4835 *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
4836 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
4837 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
4838 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
4839 *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
4840 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
4841 *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
4842 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
4843 *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
4844 *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
4845 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
4846 *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
4847 *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
4848 *	be supported.
4849 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
4850 *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
4851 *	actual dwell time.
4852 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
4853 *	response
4854 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
4855 *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
4856 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
4857 *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
4858 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
4859 *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
4860 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
4861 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
4862 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
4863 *
4864 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4865 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4866 */
4867enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4868	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
4869	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
4870	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4871	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4872	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4873	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
4874	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4875	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4876	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
4877	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
4878	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
4879	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
4880	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4881	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
4882	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
4883	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
4884	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
4885	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
4886	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
4887	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
4888	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
4889	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4890	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
4891	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
4892	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
4893
4894	/* add new features before the definition below */
4895	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4896	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
4897};
4898
4899/**
4900 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4901 *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4902 *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4903 *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4904 *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4905 *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4906 *	to the host.
4907 *
4908 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4909 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4910 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4911 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4912 */
4913enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4914	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
4915	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
4916	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
4917	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
4918};
4919
4920/**
4921 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4922 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4923 *	handled by the AP is reached.
4924 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
4925 */
4926enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4927	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4928	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4929};
4930
4931/**
4932 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
4933 *
4934 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
4935 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
4936 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
4937 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
4938 */
4939enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
4940	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
4941	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
4942	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
4943	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
4944};
4945
4946/**
4947 * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
4948 *
4949 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4950 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4951 * requests.
4952 *
4953 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
4954 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
4955 * one of them can be used in the request.
4956 *
4957 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4958 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
4959 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4960 *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4961 *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4962 *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4963 *	when really needed
4964 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4965 *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4966 *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4967 *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4968 *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4969 *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4970 *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4971 *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4972 *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
4973 *	SSID and/or RSSI.
4974 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
4975 *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
4976 *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
4977 *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
4978 *	impacted with this flag.
4979 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
4980 *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
4981 *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
4982 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
4983 *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
4984 *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
4985 *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
4986 *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
4987 */
4988enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4989	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY			= 1<<0,
4990	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH				= 1<<1,
4991	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP				= 1<<2,
4992	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR			= 1<<3,
4993	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN			= 1<<8,
4994	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER			= 1<<9,
4995	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY			= 1<<10,
4996};
4997
4998/**
4999 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5000 *
5001 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5002 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5003 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5004 *
5005 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5006 *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5007 *	in ACL to authenticate.
5008 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5009 *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5010 */
5011enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5012	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5013	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5014};
5015
5016/**
5017 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5018 *
5019 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5020 *
5021 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5022 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5023 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5024 *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5025 */
5026enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5027	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5028	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5029	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5030
5031	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5032	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5033};
5034
5035/**
5036 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5037 *
5038 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5039 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5040 *
5041 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5042 *	now unusable.
5043 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5044 *	the channel is now available.
5045 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5046 *	change to the channel status.
5047 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5048 *	over, channel becomes usable.
5049 */
5050enum nl80211_radar_event {
5051	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5052	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5053	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5054	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5055};
5056
5057/**
5058 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5059 *
5060 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5061 *
5062 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5063 *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5064 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5065 *	is therefore marked as not available.
5066 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5067 */
5068enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5069	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5070	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5071	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5072};
5073
5074/**
5075 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5076 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5077 *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5078 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5079 *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5080 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5081 */
5082enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5083	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
5084};
5085
5086/**
5087 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5088 *
5089 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5090 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5091 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5092 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5093 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5094 */
5095enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5096	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5097	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5098	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5099	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5100	/* add other protocols before this one */
5101	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5102};
5103
5104/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5105#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
5106
5107/**
5108 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5109 *
5110 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5111 *
5112 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5113 */
5114enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5115	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5116};
5117
5118/*
5119 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5120 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5121 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5122 */
5123#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
5124
5125/**
5126 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5127 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5128 *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5129 *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5130 *	added to this file when needed.
5131 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5132 */
5133struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5134	__u32 vendor_id;
5135	__u32 subcmd;
5136};
5137
5138/**
5139 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5140 *
5141 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5142 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5143 *
5144 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5145 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5146 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5147 */
5148enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5149	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5150	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5151	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5152};
5153
5154/**
5155 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5156 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5157 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5158 *	seconds (u32).
5159 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5160 *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5161 *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5162 *	make the scan plan meaningless.
5163 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5164 *	currently defined
5165 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5166 */
5167enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5168	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5169	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5170	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5171
5172	/* keep last */
5173	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5174	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5175		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5176};
5177
5178/**
5179 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5180 *
5181 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment.
5182 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS.
5183 */
5184struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5185	__u8 band;
5186	__s8 delta;
5187} __attribute__((packed));
5188
5189/**
5190 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5191 *
5192 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5193 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5194 *	is requested.
5195 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5196 *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5197 *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5198 *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5199 *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5200 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5201 *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5202 *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5203 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5204 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5205 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5206 *
5207 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5208 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5209 * which the driver shall use.
5210 */
5211enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5212	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5213	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5214	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5215	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5216
5217	/* keep last */
5218	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5219	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5220};
5221
5222/**
5223 * enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf - NAN dual band configuration
5224 *
5225 * Defines the NAN dual band mode of operation
5226 *
5227 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT: device default mode
5228 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz mode
5229 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ: 5GHz mode
5230  */
5231enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf {
5232	NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT	= 1 << 0,
5233	NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ		= 1 << 1,
5234	NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ		= 1 << 2,
5235};
5236
5237/**
5238 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5239 *
5240 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5241 *
5242 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5243 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5244 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5245 */
5246enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5247	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5248	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5249	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5250
5251	/* keep last */
5252	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5253	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5254};
5255
5256/**
5257 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5258 *
5259 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5260 *
5261 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5262 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5263 */
5264enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5265	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5266	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5267};
5268
5269/**
5270 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5271 *
5272 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5273 *
5274 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5275 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5276 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5277 */
5278enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5279	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5280	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5281	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5282};
5283
5284#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5285#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5286#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5287
5288/**
5289 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5290 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5291 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5292 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5293 *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5294 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5295 *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5296 *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5297 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5298 *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5299 *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5300 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5301 *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5302 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5303 *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5304 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5305 *	is follow up. This is a u8.
5306 *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5307 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5308 *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5309 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5310 *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5311 *	This is a flag.
5312 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5313 *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5314 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5315 *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5316 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5317 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5318 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5319 *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5320 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5321 *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5322 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5323 *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5324 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5325 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5326 *
5327 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5328 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5329 */
5330enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5331	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5332	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5333	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5334	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5335	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5336	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5337	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5338	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5339	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5340	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5341	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5342	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5343	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5344	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5345	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5346	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5347	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5348
5349	/* keep last */
5350	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5351	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5352};
5353
5354/**
5355 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5356 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5357 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5358 *	This is a flag.
5359 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5360 *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5361 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5362 *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5363 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5364 *	and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5365 *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5366 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5367 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5368 */
5369enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5370	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5371	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5372	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5373	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5374	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5375
5376	/* keep last */
5377	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5378	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5379};
5380
5381/**
5382 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5383 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5384 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5385 *	match. This is a nested attribute.
5386 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5387 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5388 *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5389 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5390 *
5391 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5392 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5393 */
5394enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5395	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5396	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5397	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5398
5399	/* keep last */
5400	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5401	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5402};
5403
5404#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
5405